1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 198 * 199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 202 */ 203 204 /** 205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 206 * 207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 222 * 223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 225 * up a connection or after roaming. 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 232 * 233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 240 */ 241 242 /** 243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 244 * 245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In 247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using 248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 260 * that main netdev. 261 * 262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 265 */ 266 267 /** 268 * DOC: TID configuration 269 * 270 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 271 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 272 * 273 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 274 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 275 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 276 * 277 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 278 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 279 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 280 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 281 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 282 * will be overwritten. 283 * 284 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 285 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 286 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 287 * the interface goes down. 288 */ 289 290 /** 291 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 292 * 293 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 294 * 295 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 296 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 297 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 300 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 301 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 302 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 303 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 304 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 305 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 306 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 307 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 308 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 310 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 311 * 312 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 313 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 314 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 315 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 316 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 317 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 318 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 320 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 321 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 325 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 326 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 327 * 328 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 329 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 330 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 331 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 333 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 334 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 335 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 336 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 337 * 338 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 339 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 340 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 341 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 342 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 343 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 345 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 346 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 348 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 349 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 350 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 351 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 352 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 353 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 355 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 356 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 358 * 359 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 361 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 362 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 364 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 366 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 367 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 368 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 369 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 370 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 371 * frame). 372 * 373 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 374 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 375 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 377 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 378 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 379 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 380 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 381 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 382 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 383 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 384 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 385 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 386 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 387 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 388 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 389 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 390 * 391 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 392 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 393 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 394 * global regdomain will be returned. 395 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 396 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 397 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 398 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 399 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 400 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 401 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 402 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 403 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 404 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 405 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 406 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 407 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 408 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 409 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 410 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 412 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 413 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 414 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 415 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 416 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 417 * 418 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 419 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 420 * 421 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 422 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 423 * 424 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 425 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 426 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 427 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 428 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 429 * added to all specified management frames generated by 430 * kernel/firmware/driver. 431 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 432 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 433 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 434 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 435 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 436 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 437 * 438 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 439 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 440 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 441 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 442 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 443 * be used. 444 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 445 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 446 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 447 * partial scan results may be available 448 * 449 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 450 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 452 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 453 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 454 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 455 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 456 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 457 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 458 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 459 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 460 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 461 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 462 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 463 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 464 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 465 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 466 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 467 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 468 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 469 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 470 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 471 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 472 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 473 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 474 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 475 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 476 * results available. 477 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 478 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 479 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 480 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 481 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 482 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 483 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 484 * 485 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 486 * or noise level 487 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 488 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 491 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 492 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 493 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 494 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 495 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 496 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 497 * ESS. 498 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 499 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 500 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 501 * authentication. 502 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 503 * 504 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 505 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 506 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 507 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 508 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 509 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 510 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 511 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 512 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 513 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 514 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 515 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 516 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 517 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 518 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 519 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 520 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 521 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 522 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 523 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 524 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 525 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 526 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 527 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 528 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 529 * the beacon hint was processed. 530 * 531 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 532 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 533 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 534 * authentication process. 535 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 536 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 537 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 538 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 539 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 540 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 541 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 542 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 543 * to be added to the frame. 544 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 545 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 546 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 547 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 548 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 549 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 550 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 551 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 552 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 553 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 554 * pending authentication timed out). 555 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 556 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 557 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 558 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 559 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 560 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 561 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 562 * included). 563 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 564 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 565 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 566 * primitives). 567 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 568 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 569 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 570 * 571 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 572 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 573 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 574 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 575 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 576 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 577 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 578 * 579 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 580 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 581 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 582 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 583 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 584 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 585 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 586 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 587 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 588 * determined by the network interface. 589 * 590 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 591 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 592 * to the driver. 593 * 594 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 595 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 596 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 597 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 598 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 599 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 600 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 601 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 602 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 603 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 604 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 605 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 606 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 607 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 608 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 609 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 610 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 611 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 612 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 613 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 614 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 615 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 616 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 617 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 618 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 619 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 620 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 621 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 622 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 623 * a different BSS is desired. 624 * Background scan period can optionally be 625 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 626 * if not specified default background scan configuration 627 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 628 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 629 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 630 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 631 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 632 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 633 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 634 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 635 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 636 * well to remain backwards compatible. 637 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 638 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 639 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 640 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 641 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 642 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 643 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 644 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 645 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 646 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 647 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 648 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 649 * 650 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 651 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 652 * 653 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 654 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 655 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 656 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 657 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 658 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 659 * frequency for the operation. 660 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 661 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 662 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 663 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 664 * radio). 665 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 666 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 667 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 668 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 669 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 670 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 671 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 672 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 673 * uniquely identify the request. 674 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 675 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 676 * 677 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 678 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 679 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 680 * 681 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 682 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 683 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 684 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 685 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 686 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 687 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 688 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 689 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 690 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 691 * backward compatibility 692 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 693 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 694 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 695 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 696 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 697 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 698 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 699 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 700 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 701 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 702 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 703 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 704 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 705 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 706 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 707 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 708 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 709 * is used during CSA period. 710 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 711 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 712 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 713 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 714 * wait time. 715 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 716 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 717 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 718 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 719 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 720 * the frame. 721 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 722 * backward compatibility. 723 * 724 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 725 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 726 * 727 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 728 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 729 * levels. 730 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 731 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 732 * reached. 733 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 734 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 735 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 736 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 737 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 738 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 739 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 740 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 741 * precedence when they are used. 742 * 743 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 744 * 745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 746 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 747 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 748 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 749 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 750 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 751 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 752 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 753 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 754 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 755 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 756 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 757 * command, the feature is disabled. 758 * 759 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 760 * mesh config parameters may be given. 761 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 762 * network is determined by the network interface. 763 * 764 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 765 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 766 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 767 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 768 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 769 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 770 * 771 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 772 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 773 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 774 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 775 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 776 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 777 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 778 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 779 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 780 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 781 * depending on the authentication result. 782 * 783 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 784 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 785 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 786 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 787 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 788 * more background information, see 789 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 790 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 791 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 792 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 793 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 794 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 795 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 796 * 797 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 798 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 799 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 800 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 801 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 802 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 803 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 804 * 805 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 806 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 807 * 808 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 809 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 810 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 811 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 812 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 813 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 814 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 815 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 816 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 817 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 818 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 819 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 820 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 821 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 822 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 823 * 824 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 825 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 826 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 827 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 828 * is received. 829 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 830 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 831 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 832 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 833 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 834 * 835 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 836 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 837 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 838 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 839 * 840 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 841 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 842 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 843 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 844 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 845 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 846 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 847 * 848 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 849 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 850 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 851 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 852 * 853 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 854 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 855 * 856 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 857 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 858 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 859 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 860 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 861 * from the remote AP) is completed; 862 * 863 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 864 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 865 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 866 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 867 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 868 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 869 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 870 * interfaces to change channel as well. 871 * 872 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 873 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 874 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 875 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 876 * public action frame TX. 877 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 878 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 879 * 880 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 881 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 882 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 883 * is used for this. 884 * 885 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 886 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 887 * 888 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 889 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 890 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 891 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 892 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 893 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 894 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 895 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 896 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 897 * 898 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 899 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 900 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 901 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 902 * while operating on this channel. 903 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 904 * event. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 907 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 908 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 909 * 910 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 911 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 912 * 913 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 914 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 915 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 916 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 917 * 918 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 919 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 920 * complete. 921 * 922 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 923 * return back to normal. 924 * 925 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 926 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 927 * 928 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 929 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 930 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 931 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 932 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 933 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 934 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 935 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 936 * switch is complete. 937 * 938 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 939 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 940 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 941 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 942 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 943 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 944 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 945 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 946 * 947 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 948 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 949 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 950 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 951 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 952 * 953 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 954 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 955 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 956 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 957 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 958 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 959 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 960 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 961 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 962 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 963 * fail even if the check was successful. 964 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 965 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 966 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 967 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 968 * 969 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 970 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 971 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 972 * 973 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 974 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 975 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 976 * network is determined by the network interface. 977 * 978 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 979 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 980 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 981 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 982 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 983 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 984 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 985 * AP. 986 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 987 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 988 * when this command completes. 989 * 990 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 991 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 992 * management. 993 * 994 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 995 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 996 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 997 * 998 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 999 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1000 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1001 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1002 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1003 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1004 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1005 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1006 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1007 * added. 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1009 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1010 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1011 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1012 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1013 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1014 * of the function upon success. 1015 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1016 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1017 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1018 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1019 * which just terminated. 1020 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1021 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1022 * the response to this command. 1023 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1024 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1025 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1026 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1027 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1028 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1029 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1030 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1031 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1032 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1033 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1034 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1035 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1036 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1037 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1038 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1039 * 1040 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1041 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1042 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1043 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1044 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1045 * 1046 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1047 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1048 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1049 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1050 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1051 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1052 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1053 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 1054 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 1055 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 1056 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 1057 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 1058 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 1059 * 1060 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1061 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1062 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1063 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1064 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1065 * 802.11 headers. 1066 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1067 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1068 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1069 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1070 * 1071 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1072 * 1073 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1074 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1075 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1076 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1077 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1078 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1079 * 1080 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1081 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1082 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1083 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1084 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1085 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1086 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1087 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1088 * command interface. 1089 * 1090 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1091 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1092 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1093 * 1094 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1095 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1096 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1097 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1098 * 1099 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1100 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1101 * 1102 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1103 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1104 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1105 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1106 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1107 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1108 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in 1109 * the netlink extended ack message. 1110 * 1111 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1112 * 1113 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1114 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1115 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1116 * buffer size. 1117 * 1118 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1119 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1120 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1121 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1122 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1123 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1124 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1125 * 1126 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1127 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1128 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1129 * determining the width and type. 1130 * 1131 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1132 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1133 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1134 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1135 * 1136 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1137 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1138 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1139 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1140 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1141 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1142 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1143 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1144 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1145 * rate selection. 1146 * 1147 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1148 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1149 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1150 * 1151 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1152 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1153 * 1154 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1155 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1156 */ 1157 enum nl80211_commands { 1158 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1159 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1160 1161 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1162 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1163 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1164 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1165 1166 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1167 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1168 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1169 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1170 1171 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1172 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1173 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1174 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1175 1176 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1177 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1178 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1179 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1180 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1181 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1182 1183 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1184 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1185 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1186 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1187 1188 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1189 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1190 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1191 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1192 1193 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1194 1195 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1196 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1197 1198 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1199 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1200 1201 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1202 1203 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1204 1205 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1206 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1207 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1208 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1209 1210 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1211 1212 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1213 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1214 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1215 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1216 1217 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1218 1219 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1220 1221 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1222 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1223 1224 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1225 1226 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1227 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1228 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1229 1230 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1231 1232 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1233 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1234 1235 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1236 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1237 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1238 1239 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1240 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1241 1242 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1243 1244 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1245 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1246 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1247 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1248 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1249 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1250 1251 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1252 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1253 1254 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1255 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1256 1257 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1258 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1259 1260 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1261 1262 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1263 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1264 1265 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1266 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1267 1268 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1269 1270 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1271 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1272 1273 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1274 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1275 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1276 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1277 1278 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1279 1280 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1281 1282 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1283 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1284 1285 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1286 1287 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1288 1289 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1290 1291 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1292 1293 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1294 1295 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1296 1297 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1298 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1299 1300 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1301 1302 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1303 1304 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1305 1306 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1307 1308 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1309 1310 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1311 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1312 1313 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1314 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1315 1316 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1317 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1318 1319 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1320 1321 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1322 1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1324 1325 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1326 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1327 1328 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1329 1330 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1331 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1332 1333 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1334 1335 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1336 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1337 1338 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1339 1340 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1341 1342 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1343 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1344 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1345 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1346 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1347 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1348 1349 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1350 1351 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1352 1353 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1354 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1355 1356 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1357 1358 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1359 1360 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1361 1362 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1363 1364 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1367 1368 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1369 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1370 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1371 1372 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1373 1374 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1375 1376 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1377 1378 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1379 1380 /* add new commands above here */ 1381 1382 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1383 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1384 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1385 }; 1386 1387 /* 1388 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1389 * here 1390 */ 1391 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1392 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1393 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1394 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1395 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1396 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1397 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1398 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1399 1400 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1401 1402 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1403 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1404 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1405 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1406 1407 /** 1408 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1409 * 1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1411 * 1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1413 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1415 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1417 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1418 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1419 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1420 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1422 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1423 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1425 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1427 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1429 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1430 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1431 * this attribute) 1432 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1433 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1434 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1435 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1437 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1438 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1440 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1441 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1443 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1444 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1446 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1447 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1449 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1450 * 1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1454 * 1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1456 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1457 * 1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1459 * 1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1461 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1462 * keys 1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1465 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1467 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1470 * default management key 1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1472 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1474 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1475 * 1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1480 * 1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1483 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1485 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1487 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1488 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1490 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1492 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1493 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1494 * 1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1496 * consisting of a nested array. 1497 * 1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1500 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1503 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1504 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1505 * 1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1507 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1508 * 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1510 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1511 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1512 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1513 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1514 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1515 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1516 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1517 * to a specific alpha2. 1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1519 * rules. 1520 * 1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1523 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1525 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1527 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1528 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1529 * 1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1531 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1532 * 1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1534 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1535 * of the interface mode. 1536 * 1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1538 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1539 * 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1541 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1542 * 1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1544 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1546 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1548 * that can be added to a scan request 1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1550 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1552 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1553 * 1554 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1556 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1558 * 1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1560 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1562 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1563 * 1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1565 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1566 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1567 * 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1569 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1570 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1573 * represented as a u32 1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1575 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1576 * 1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1578 * a u32 1579 * 1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1581 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1582 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1583 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1584 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1586 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1587 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1588 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1589 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1590 * 1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1592 * cipher suites 1593 * 1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1595 * for other networks on different channels 1596 * 1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1598 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1599 * 1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1601 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1602 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1603 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1604 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1605 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1606 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1607 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1608 * 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1610 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1611 * 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1613 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1614 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1615 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1616 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1617 * default in station mode. 1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1619 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1620 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1621 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1622 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1623 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1625 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1626 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1628 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1629 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1630 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1631 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1632 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1633 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1634 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1635 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1636 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1637 * 1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1639 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1640 * 1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1642 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1643 * a local disconnect request. 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1645 * event (u16) 1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1647 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1648 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1649 * 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1651 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1652 * (an array of u32). 1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1654 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1655 * u32). 1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1657 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1658 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1660 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1661 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1662 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1663 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1664 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1665 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1666 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1667 * 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1669 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1671 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1672 * 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1674 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1675 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1676 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1677 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1678 * 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1680 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1682 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1683 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1684 * 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1686 * 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1688 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1689 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1690 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1691 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1692 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1693 * completely from scratch. 1694 * 1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1696 * 1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1698 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1699 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1700 * 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1703 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1704 * 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1707 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1708 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1709 * 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1711 * 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1713 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1714 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1715 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1716 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1717 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1718 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1719 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1720 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1721 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1722 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1723 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1724 * 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1726 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1728 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1730 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1731 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1732 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1734 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1735 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1736 * 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1738 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1739 * 1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1741 * 1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1743 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1744 * 1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1746 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1747 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1748 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1749 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1750 * 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1752 * connected to this BSS. 1753 * 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1755 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1757 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1758 * for non-automatic settings. 1759 * 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1761 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1762 * 1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1764 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1765 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1766 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1767 * 1768 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1769 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1770 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1771 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1772 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1773 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1774 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1775 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1776 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1777 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1778 * 1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1780 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1781 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1782 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1783 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1784 * 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1786 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1787 * 1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1789 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1790 * 1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1794 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1795 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1796 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1797 * nl80211 capability flag. 1798 * 1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1800 * 1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1802 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1803 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1804 * 1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1806 * changed once the mesh is active. 1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1808 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1810 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1811 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1813 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1814 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1815 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1816 * 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1818 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1820 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1821 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1822 * triggers. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1825 * cycles, in msecs. 1826 * 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1828 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1829 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1830 * pass-thru filter rules. 1831 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1832 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1833 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1834 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1835 * able to ignore them by itself. 1836 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1837 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1838 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1839 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1840 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1841 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1842 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1843 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1844 * 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1846 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1847 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1849 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1850 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1851 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1852 * 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1854 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1855 * 1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1857 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1858 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1859 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1860 * 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1862 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1863 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1864 * 1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1866 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1867 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1868 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1870 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1871 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1872 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1873 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1874 * 1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1876 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1878 * as AP. 1879 * 1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1881 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1882 * 1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1884 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1887 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1888 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1889 * applications use this attribute. 1890 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1891 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1892 * 1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1894 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1895 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1897 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1899 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1901 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1903 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1904 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1905 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1906 * 1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1908 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1909 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1910 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1911 * 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1913 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1914 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1915 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1916 * 1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1918 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1920 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1921 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1922 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1923 * 1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1925 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1926 * to be filled by the FW. 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1928 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1930 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1931 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1932 * The values that may be configured are: 1933 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1934 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1935 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1936 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1937 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1938 * 1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1940 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1941 * to one DFS region. 1942 * 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1944 * up to 16 TIDs. 1945 * 1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1947 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1948 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1949 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1950 * capability to timeout the stations. 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1953 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1954 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1955 * 1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1957 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1958 * 1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1960 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1961 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1962 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1963 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1964 * 1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1966 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1967 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1968 * 1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1970 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1971 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1972 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1973 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1974 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1975 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1976 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1977 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1978 * consistent. 1979 * 1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1981 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1982 * 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1986 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1988 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1989 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1990 * no change is made. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1993 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1994 * 1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1996 * carried in a u32 attribute 1997 * 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1999 * MAC ACL. 2000 * 2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2002 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2003 * ACL. 2004 * 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2006 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2007 * 2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2009 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2010 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2012 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2015 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2016 * 2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2018 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2019 * and PU-APSD. 2020 * 2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2022 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2023 * 2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2025 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2026 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2027 * 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2029 * 2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2031 * Element 2032 * 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2034 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2036 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2039 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2040 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2041 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2042 * 2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2044 * 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2046 * until the channel switch event. 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2048 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2049 * operation). 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2051 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2053 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2055 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2058 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2059 * 2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2061 * 2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2063 * supported operating classes. 2064 * 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2066 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2067 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2068 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2069 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2070 * IBSS network. 2071 * 2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2073 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2075 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2076 * 2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2078 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2079 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2080 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2081 * u8 attribute. 2082 * 2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2084 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2087 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2089 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2092 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2093 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2094 * 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2099 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2100 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2101 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2102 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2103 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2104 * 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2106 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2108 * supported number of csa counters. 2109 * 2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2111 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2112 * 2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2114 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2115 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2116 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2117 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2118 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2119 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2120 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2121 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2122 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2123 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2124 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2125 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2126 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2127 * multicast group. 2128 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2129 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2130 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2131 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2132 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2133 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2134 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2135 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2136 * 2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2138 * the TDLS link initiator. 2139 * 2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2141 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2142 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2143 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2144 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2145 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2146 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2147 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2148 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2149 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2150 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2151 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2152 * 2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2154 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2155 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2156 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2157 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2158 * 2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2162 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2163 * 2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2165 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2166 * 2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2168 * 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2170 * 2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2172 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2173 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2174 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2175 * 2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2177 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2178 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2179 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2180 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2181 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2182 * 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2184 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2185 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2186 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2187 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2188 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2189 * over all channels. 2190 * 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2192 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2193 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2194 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2195 2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2197 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2198 * 2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2200 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2202 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2204 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2206 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2207 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2208 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2209 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2210 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2212 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2213 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2214 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2216 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2217 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2218 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2219 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2220 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2221 * 2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2223 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2224 * 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2226 * 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2228 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2229 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2230 * interface type. 2231 * 2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2233 * groupID for monitor mode. 2234 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2235 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2236 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2237 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2238 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2239 * each group. 2240 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2241 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2242 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2243 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2244 * groupID data. 2245 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2247 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2248 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2249 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2250 * 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2252 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2253 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2254 * attribute must not be included). 2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2256 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2258 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2259 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2260 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2261 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2263 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2264 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2265 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2266 * 2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2268 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2269 * 2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2271 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2272 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2273 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2274 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2276 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2277 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2278 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2279 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2280 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2281 * the device will decide what to use. 2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2283 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2284 * attribute. 2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2286 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2287 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2288 * protection. 2289 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2290 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2291 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2292 * 2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2294 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2295 * 2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2297 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2298 * 2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2300 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2301 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2302 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2303 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2304 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2305 * unnecessary wakeups. 2306 * 2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2308 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2309 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2310 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2311 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2312 * 2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2314 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2315 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2316 * 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2318 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2319 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2320 * 2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2322 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2323 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2324 * 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2326 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2327 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2328 * 2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2330 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2331 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2332 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2333 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2334 * 2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2336 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2337 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2338 * 2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2340 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2341 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2342 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2343 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2344 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2345 * 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2347 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2349 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2350 * 2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2352 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2353 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2355 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2356 * 2357 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2358 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2359 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2360 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2362 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2363 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2364 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2365 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2366 * 2367 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2368 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2369 * 2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2371 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2373 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2374 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the 2375 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2376 * enforced. 2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2378 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2379 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2380 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2381 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2382 * 2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2384 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2385 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2386 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2387 * 2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2389 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2390 * 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2392 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2393 * invalid value. 2394 * 2395 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2396 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2397 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2398 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2399 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2400 * 2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2402 * scheduler. 2403 * 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2405 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2406 * possible values. 2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2408 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2409 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2410 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2411 * or per-station. 2412 * 2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2414 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2415 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2416 * 2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2418 * 2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2420 * functionality. 2421 * 2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2423 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2424 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2426 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2427 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2428 * 2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2430 * (u16). 2431 * 2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2433 * 2434 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2435 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2436 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2437 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2438 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2439 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2440 * 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2442 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2443 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2444 * attributes. 2445 * 2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2447 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2448 * 2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2450 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2451 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2452 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2453 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2454 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2455 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2456 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2457 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2458 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2459 * 2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2461 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2462 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2463 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2464 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2465 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2466 * has expired. 2467 * 2468 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2469 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2470 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2471 * disassociation is still forced. 2472 * 2473 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2474 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2475 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2476 */ 2477 enum nl80211_attrs { 2478 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2479 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2480 2481 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2482 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2483 2484 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2485 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2486 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2487 2488 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2489 2490 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2491 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2492 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2493 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2494 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2495 2496 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2497 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2498 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2499 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2500 2501 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2502 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2503 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2504 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2505 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2506 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2507 2508 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2509 2510 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2511 2512 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2513 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2514 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2515 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2516 2517 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2518 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2519 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2520 2521 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2522 2523 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2524 2525 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2526 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2527 2528 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2529 2530 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2531 2532 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2533 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2534 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2535 2536 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2537 2538 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2540 2541 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2542 2543 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2544 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2545 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2546 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2547 2548 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2549 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2550 2551 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2552 2553 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2554 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2555 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2557 2558 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2559 2560 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2561 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2562 2563 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2564 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2565 2566 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2567 2568 2569 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2570 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2571 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2572 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2573 2574 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2575 2576 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2577 2578 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2579 2580 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2581 2582 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2583 2584 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2585 2586 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2587 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2588 2589 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2591 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2592 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2593 2594 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2595 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2596 2597 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2598 2599 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2600 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2601 2602 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2603 2604 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2605 2606 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2607 2608 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2609 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2610 2611 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2612 2613 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2614 2615 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2616 2617 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2618 2619 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2620 2621 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2622 2623 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2624 2625 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2626 2627 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2628 2629 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2630 2631 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2632 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2633 2634 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2635 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2636 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2637 2638 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2639 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2640 2641 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2642 2643 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2644 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2645 2646 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2647 2648 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2649 2650 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2651 2652 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2653 2654 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2655 2656 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2657 2658 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2659 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2660 2661 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2662 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2663 2664 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2665 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2666 2667 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2668 2669 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2670 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2671 2672 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2673 2674 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2675 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2676 2677 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2680 2681 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2683 2684 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2685 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2686 2687 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2688 2689 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2690 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2691 2692 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2693 2694 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2695 2696 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2697 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2698 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2699 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2700 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2701 2702 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2703 2704 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2705 2706 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2707 2708 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2709 2710 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2715 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2716 2717 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2718 2719 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2720 2721 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2722 2723 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2724 2725 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2726 2727 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2728 2729 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2730 2731 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2732 2733 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2734 2735 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2736 2737 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2738 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2739 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2742 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2743 2744 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2745 2746 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2747 2748 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2749 2750 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2751 2752 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2753 2754 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2755 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2756 2757 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2758 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2759 2760 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2761 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2762 2763 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2764 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2767 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2768 2769 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2770 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2771 2772 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2773 2774 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2775 2776 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2777 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2778 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2779 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2780 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2781 2782 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2783 2784 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2785 2786 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2787 2788 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2789 2790 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2791 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2792 2793 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2794 2795 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2796 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2797 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2798 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2799 2800 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2801 2802 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2803 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2804 2805 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2808 2809 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2810 2811 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2812 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2815 2816 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2817 2818 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2819 2820 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2821 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2822 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2823 2824 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2825 2826 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2827 2828 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2829 2830 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2831 2832 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2833 2834 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2835 2836 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2837 2838 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2839 2840 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2841 2842 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2843 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2844 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2845 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2846 2847 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2848 2849 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2850 2851 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2852 2853 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2854 2855 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2856 2857 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2858 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2859 2860 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2861 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2862 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2863 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2864 2865 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2866 2867 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2868 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2869 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2870 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2871 2872 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2873 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2874 2875 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2876 2877 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2878 2879 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2880 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2881 2882 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2883 2884 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2885 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2886 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2887 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2888 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2889 2890 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2891 2892 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2893 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2894 2895 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2896 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2897 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2898 2899 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2900 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2903 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2904 2905 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2906 2907 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2908 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2909 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2910 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2911 2912 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2913 2914 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2915 2916 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2917 2918 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2919 2920 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2921 2922 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2923 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2924 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2925 2926 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2927 2928 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2929 2930 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2931 2932 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2933 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2934 2935 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 2936 2937 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 2938 2939 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 2940 2941 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 2944 2945 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 2946 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 2947 2948 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2949 2950 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2951 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2952 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2953 }; 2954 2955 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2956 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2957 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2958 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2959 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2960 2961 /* 2962 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2963 * here 2964 */ 2965 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2966 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2967 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2968 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2969 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2970 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2971 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2972 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2973 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2974 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2975 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2976 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2977 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2978 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2979 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2980 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2981 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2982 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2983 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2984 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2985 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2986 2987 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2988 2989 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2990 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2991 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 2992 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2993 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2994 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2995 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2996 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2997 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2998 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 2999 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3000 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3001 3002 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3003 3004 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3005 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3006 3007 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3008 3009 /** 3010 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3011 * 3012 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3013 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3014 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3015 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3016 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3017 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3018 * AP type interface. 3019 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3020 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3021 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3022 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3023 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3024 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3025 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3026 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3027 * commands to create and destroy one 3028 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3029 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3030 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3031 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3032 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3033 * 3034 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3035 * to set the type of an interface. 3036 * 3037 */ 3038 enum nl80211_iftype { 3039 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3040 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3041 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3042 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3043 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3044 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3045 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3046 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3047 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3048 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3049 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3050 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3051 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3052 3053 /* keep last */ 3054 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3055 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3056 }; 3057 3058 /** 3059 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3060 * 3061 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3062 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3063 * 3064 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3065 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3066 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3067 * with short barker preamble 3068 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3069 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3070 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3071 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3072 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3073 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3074 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3075 * as errors.) 3076 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3077 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3078 * previously added station into associated state 3079 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3080 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3081 */ 3082 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3083 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3084 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3085 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3086 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3087 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3088 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3089 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3090 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3091 3092 /* keep last */ 3093 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3094 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3095 }; 3096 3097 /** 3098 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3099 * 3100 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3101 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3102 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3103 */ 3104 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3105 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3106 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3107 3108 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3109 }; 3110 3111 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3112 3113 /** 3114 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3115 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3116 * @set: which values to set them to 3117 * 3118 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3119 */ 3120 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3121 __u32 mask; 3122 __u32 set; 3123 } __attribute__((packed)); 3124 3125 /** 3126 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3127 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3128 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3129 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3130 */ 3131 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3132 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3133 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3134 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3135 }; 3136 3137 /** 3138 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3139 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3140 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3141 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3142 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3143 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3144 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3145 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3146 */ 3147 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3148 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3149 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3150 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3151 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3152 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3153 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3154 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3155 }; 3156 3157 /** 3158 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3159 * 3160 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3161 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3162 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3163 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3164 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3165 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3166 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3167 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3168 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3169 * 3170 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3171 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3172 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3173 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3174 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3175 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3176 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3177 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3178 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3179 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3180 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3181 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3182 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3183 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3184 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3185 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3186 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3187 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3188 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3189 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3190 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3191 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3192 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3193 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3194 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3195 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3196 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3197 */ 3198 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3199 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3200 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3201 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3202 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3203 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3204 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3205 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3206 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3207 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3208 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3209 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3210 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3211 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3212 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3213 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3214 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3215 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3216 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3217 3218 /* keep last */ 3219 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3220 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3221 }; 3222 3223 /** 3224 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3225 * 3226 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3227 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3228 * 3229 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3230 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3231 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3232 * (flag) 3233 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3234 * (flag) 3235 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3236 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3237 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3238 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3239 */ 3240 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3241 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3242 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3243 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3244 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3245 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3246 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3247 3248 /* keep last */ 3249 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3250 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3251 }; 3252 3253 /** 3254 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3255 * 3256 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3257 * when getting information about a station. 3258 * 3259 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3260 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3261 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3262 * (u32, from this station) 3263 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3264 * (u32, to this station) 3265 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3266 * (u64, from this station) 3267 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3268 * (u64, to this station) 3269 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3270 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3271 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3272 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3273 * (u32, from this station) 3274 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3275 * (u32, to this station) 3276 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3277 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3278 * (u32, to this station) 3279 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3280 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3281 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3282 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3283 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3284 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3285 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3286 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3287 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3288 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3289 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3290 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3291 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3292 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3293 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3294 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3295 * non-peer STA 3296 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3297 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3298 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3299 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3300 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3301 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3302 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3303 * (u64) 3304 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3305 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3306 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3307 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3308 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3309 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3310 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3311 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3312 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3313 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3314 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3315 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3316 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3317 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3318 * (u32, from this station) 3319 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3320 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3321 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3322 * might not be fully accurate. 3323 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3324 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3325 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3326 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3327 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3328 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3329 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3330 * of STA's association 3331 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3332 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3333 */ 3334 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3335 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3336 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3337 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3338 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3339 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3340 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3341 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3342 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3343 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3344 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3345 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3346 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3347 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3348 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3349 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3350 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3351 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3352 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3353 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3354 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3355 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3356 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3357 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3358 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3359 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3360 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3361 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3362 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3363 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3364 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3365 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3366 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3367 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3368 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3369 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3370 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3371 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3372 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3373 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3374 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3375 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3376 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3377 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3378 3379 /* keep last */ 3380 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3381 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3382 }; 3383 3384 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3385 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3386 3387 3388 /** 3389 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3390 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3391 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3392 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3393 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3394 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3395 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3396 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3397 * MSDUs (u64) 3398 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3399 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3400 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3401 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3402 */ 3403 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3404 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3405 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3406 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3407 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3408 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3409 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3410 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3411 3412 /* keep last */ 3413 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3414 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3415 }; 3416 3417 /** 3418 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3419 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3420 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3421 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3422 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3423 * backlogged 3424 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3425 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3426 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3427 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3428 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3429 * (only for per-phy stats) 3430 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3431 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3432 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3433 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3434 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3435 */ 3436 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3437 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3438 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3439 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3440 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3441 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3442 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3443 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3444 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3445 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3446 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3447 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3448 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3449 3450 /* keep last */ 3451 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3452 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3453 }; 3454 3455 /** 3456 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3457 * 3458 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3459 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3460 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3461 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3462 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3463 */ 3464 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3465 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3466 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3467 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3468 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3469 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3470 }; 3471 3472 /** 3473 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3474 * 3475 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3476 * information about a mesh path. 3477 * 3478 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3479 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3480 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3481 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3482 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3483 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3484 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3485 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3486 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3487 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3488 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3489 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3490 * currently defined 3491 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3492 */ 3493 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3494 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3495 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3496 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3497 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3498 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3499 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3500 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3501 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3502 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3503 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3504 3505 /* keep last */ 3506 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3507 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3508 }; 3509 3510 /** 3511 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3512 * 3513 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3514 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3515 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3516 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3517 * capabilities IE 3518 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3519 * capabilities IE 3520 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3521 * capabilities IE 3522 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3523 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3524 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3525 * defined 3526 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3527 */ 3528 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3529 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3530 3531 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3532 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3533 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3534 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3535 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3536 3537 /* keep last */ 3538 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3539 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3540 }; 3541 3542 /** 3543 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3544 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3545 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3546 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3547 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3548 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3549 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3550 * defined in 802.11n 3551 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3552 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3553 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3554 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3555 * defined in 802.11ac 3556 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3557 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3558 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3559 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3560 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3561 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3562 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3563 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3564 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3565 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3566 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3567 */ 3568 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3569 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3570 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3571 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3572 3573 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3574 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3575 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3576 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3577 3578 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3579 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3580 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3581 3582 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3583 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3584 3585 /* keep last */ 3586 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3587 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3588 }; 3589 3590 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3591 3592 /** 3593 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3594 * 3595 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3596 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3597 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3598 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3599 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3600 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3601 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3602 */ 3603 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3604 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3605 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3606 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3607 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3608 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3609 3610 /* keep last */ 3611 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3612 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3613 }; 3614 3615 /** 3616 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3617 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3618 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3619 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3620 * regulatory domain. 3621 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3622 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3623 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3624 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3625 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3626 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3627 * (100 * dBm). 3628 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3629 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3630 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3631 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3632 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3633 * channel as the control channel 3634 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3635 * channel as the control channel 3636 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3637 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3638 * this includes 80+80 channels 3639 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3640 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3641 * isn't possible 3642 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3643 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3644 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3645 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3646 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3647 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3648 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3649 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3650 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3651 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3652 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3653 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3654 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3655 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3656 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3657 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3658 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3659 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3660 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3661 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3662 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3663 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3664 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3665 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3666 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3667 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3668 * in current regulatory domain. 3669 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3670 * currently defined 3671 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3672 * 3673 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3674 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3675 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3676 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3677 */ 3678 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3679 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3680 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3681 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3682 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3683 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3684 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3685 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3686 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3687 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3688 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3689 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3690 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3691 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3692 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3693 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3694 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3695 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3696 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3697 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3698 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3699 3700 /* keep last */ 3701 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3702 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3703 }; 3704 3705 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3706 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3707 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3708 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3709 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3710 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3711 3712 /** 3713 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3714 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3715 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3716 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3717 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3718 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3719 * currently defined 3720 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3721 */ 3722 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3723 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3724 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3725 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3726 3727 /* keep last */ 3728 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3729 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3730 }; 3731 3732 /** 3733 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3734 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3735 * regulatory domain. 3736 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3737 * regulatory domain. 3738 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3739 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3740 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3741 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3742 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3743 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3744 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3745 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3746 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3747 */ 3748 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3749 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3750 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3751 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3752 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3753 }; 3754 3755 /** 3756 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3757 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3758 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3759 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3760 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3761 * domain. 3762 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3763 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3764 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3765 * them to be applied. 3766 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3767 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3768 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3769 * domain request to be processed. 3770 */ 3771 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3772 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3773 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3774 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3775 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3776 }; 3777 3778 /** 3779 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3780 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3781 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3782 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3783 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3784 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3785 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3786 * band edge. 3787 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3788 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3789 * band edge. 3790 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3791 * frequency range, in KHz. 3792 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3793 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3794 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3795 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3796 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3797 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3798 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3799 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3800 * currently defined 3801 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3802 */ 3803 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3804 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3805 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3806 3807 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3808 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3809 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3810 3811 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3812 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3813 3814 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3815 3816 /* keep last */ 3817 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3818 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3819 }; 3820 3821 /** 3822 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3823 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3824 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3825 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3826 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3827 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3828 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3829 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3830 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3831 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3832 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3833 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3834 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3835 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3836 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3837 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3838 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3839 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3840 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3841 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3842 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3843 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3844 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3845 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3846 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3847 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3848 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3849 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3850 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3851 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3852 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3853 * attribute number currently defined 3854 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3855 */ 3856 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3857 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3858 3859 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3860 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3861 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3862 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3863 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3864 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3865 3866 /* keep last */ 3867 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3868 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3869 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3870 }; 3871 3872 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3873 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3874 3875 /** 3876 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3877 * 3878 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3879 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3880 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3881 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3882 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3883 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3884 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3885 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3886 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3887 * beaconing. 3888 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3889 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3890 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3891 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3892 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3893 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3894 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3895 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3896 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 3897 */ 3898 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3899 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3900 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3901 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3902 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3903 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3904 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3905 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3906 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3907 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3908 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3909 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3910 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3911 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3912 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3913 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3914 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 3915 }; 3916 3917 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3918 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3919 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3920 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3921 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3922 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3923 3924 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3925 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3926 3927 /** 3928 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3929 * 3930 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3931 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3932 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3933 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3934 */ 3935 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3936 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3937 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3938 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3939 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3940 }; 3941 3942 /** 3943 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3944 * 3945 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3946 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3947 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3948 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3949 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3950 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3951 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3952 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3953 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3954 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3955 * supported feature. 3956 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3957 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3958 */ 3959 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3960 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3961 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3962 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3963 }; 3964 3965 /** 3966 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3967 * 3968 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3969 * when getting information about a survey. 3970 * 3971 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3972 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3973 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3974 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3975 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3976 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3977 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3978 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3979 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3980 * channel was sensed busy 3981 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3982 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3983 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3984 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3985 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3986 * (on this channel or globally) 3987 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3988 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3989 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 3990 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3991 * currently defined 3992 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3993 */ 3994 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3995 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3996 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3997 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3998 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3999 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4000 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4001 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4002 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4003 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4004 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4005 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4006 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4007 4008 /* keep last */ 4009 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4010 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4011 }; 4012 4013 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4014 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4015 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4016 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4017 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4018 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4019 4020 /** 4021 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4022 * 4023 * Monitor configuration flags. 4024 * 4025 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4026 * 4027 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4028 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4029 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4030 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4031 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4032 * overrides all other flags. 4033 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4034 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4035 * 4036 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4037 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4038 */ 4039 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4040 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4041 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4042 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4043 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4044 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4045 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4046 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4047 4048 /* keep last */ 4049 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4050 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4051 }; 4052 4053 /** 4054 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4055 * 4056 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4057 * not known or has not been set yet. 4058 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4059 * in Awake state all the time. 4060 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4061 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4062 * neighbor's beacons. 4063 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4064 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4065 * for neighbor's beacons. 4066 * 4067 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4068 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4069 */ 4070 4071 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4072 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4073 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4074 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4075 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4076 4077 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4078 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4079 }; 4080 4081 /** 4082 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4083 * 4084 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4085 * active. 4086 * 4087 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4088 * 4089 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4090 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4091 * 4092 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4093 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4094 * 4095 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4096 * millisecond units 4097 * 4098 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4099 * on this mesh interface 4100 * 4101 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4102 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4103 * mesh 4104 * 4105 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4106 * point. 4107 * 4108 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4109 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4110 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4111 * set. 4112 * 4113 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4114 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4115 * target) 4116 * 4117 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4118 * (in milliseconds) 4119 * 4120 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4121 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4122 * 4123 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4124 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4125 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4126 * 4127 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4128 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4129 * reference element 4130 * 4131 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4132 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4133 * mesh 4134 * 4135 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4136 * 4137 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4138 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4139 * 4140 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4141 * root announcements are transmitted. 4142 * 4143 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4144 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4145 * Announcement frames. 4146 * 4147 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4148 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4149 * PERR element. 4150 * 4151 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4152 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4153 * 4154 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4155 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4156 * a peer link. 4157 * 4158 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4159 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4160 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4161 * 4162 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4163 * 4164 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4165 * 4166 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4167 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4168 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4169 * 4170 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4171 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4172 * 4173 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4174 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4175 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4176 * 4177 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4178 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4179 * 4180 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4181 * 4182 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4183 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4184 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4185 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4186 * 4187 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4188 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4189 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4190 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4191 * 4192 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4193 */ 4194 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4195 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4196 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4197 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4198 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4199 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4200 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4201 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4202 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4203 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4204 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4205 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4206 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4207 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4208 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4209 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4210 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4211 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4212 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4213 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4214 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4215 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4216 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4217 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4218 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4219 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4220 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4221 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4222 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4223 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4224 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4225 4226 /* keep last */ 4227 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4228 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4229 }; 4230 4231 /** 4232 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4233 * 4234 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4235 * changed while the mesh is active. 4236 * 4237 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4238 * 4239 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4240 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4241 * default HWMP. 4242 * 4243 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4244 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4245 * metric. 4246 * 4247 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4248 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4249 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4250 * metrics in use. 4251 * 4252 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4253 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4254 * 4255 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4256 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4257 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4258 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4259 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4260 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4261 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4262 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4263 * userspace daemon. 4264 * 4265 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4266 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4267 * neighbor offset synchronization 4268 * 4269 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4270 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4271 * 4272 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4273 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4274 * Default is no authentication method required. 4275 * 4276 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4277 * 4278 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4279 */ 4280 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4281 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4282 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4283 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4284 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4285 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4286 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4287 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4288 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4289 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4290 4291 /* keep last */ 4292 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4293 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4294 }; 4295 4296 /** 4297 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4298 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4299 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4300 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4301 * disabled 4302 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4303 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4304 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4305 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4306 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4307 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4308 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4309 */ 4310 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4311 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4312 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4313 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4314 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4315 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4316 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4317 4318 /* keep last */ 4319 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4320 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4321 }; 4322 4323 enum nl80211_ac { 4324 NL80211_AC_VO, 4325 NL80211_AC_VI, 4326 NL80211_AC_BE, 4327 NL80211_AC_BK, 4328 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4329 }; 4330 4331 /* backward compat */ 4332 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4333 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4334 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4335 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4336 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4337 4338 /** 4339 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4340 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4341 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4342 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4343 * below the control channel 4344 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4345 * above the control channel 4346 */ 4347 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4348 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4349 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4350 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4351 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4352 }; 4353 4354 /** 4355 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4356 * 4357 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4358 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4359 * 4360 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4361 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4362 * 4363 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4364 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4365 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4366 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4367 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4368 */ 4369 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4370 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4371 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4372 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4373 }; 4374 4375 /** 4376 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4377 * 4378 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4379 * attribute. 4380 * 4381 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4382 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4383 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4384 * attribute must be provided as well 4385 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4386 * attribute must be provided as well 4387 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4388 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4389 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4390 * attribute must be provided as well 4391 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4392 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4393 */ 4394 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4395 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4396 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4397 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4398 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4399 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4400 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4401 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4402 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4403 }; 4404 4405 /** 4406 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4407 * 4408 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4409 * 4410 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4411 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4412 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4413 */ 4414 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4415 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4416 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4417 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4418 }; 4419 4420 /** 4421 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4422 * 4423 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4424 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4425 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4426 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4427 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4428 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4429 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4430 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4431 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4432 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4433 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4434 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4435 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4436 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4437 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4438 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4439 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4440 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4441 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4442 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4443 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4444 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4445 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4446 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4447 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4448 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4449 * yet been received 4450 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4451 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4452 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4453 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4454 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4455 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4456 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4457 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4458 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4459 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4460 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4461 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4462 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4463 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4464 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4465 * is set. 4466 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4467 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4468 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4469 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4470 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4471 */ 4472 enum nl80211_bss { 4473 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4474 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4475 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4476 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4477 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4478 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4479 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4480 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4481 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4482 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4483 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4484 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4485 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4486 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4487 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4488 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4489 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4490 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4491 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4492 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4493 4494 /* keep last */ 4495 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4496 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4497 }; 4498 4499 /** 4500 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4501 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4502 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4503 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4504 * a given BSS. 4505 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4506 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4507 * 4508 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4509 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4510 */ 4511 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4512 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4513 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4514 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4515 }; 4516 4517 /** 4518 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4519 * 4520 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4521 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4522 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4523 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4524 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4525 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4526 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4527 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4528 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4529 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4530 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4531 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4532 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4533 */ 4534 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4535 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4536 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4537 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4538 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4539 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4540 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4541 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4542 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4543 4544 /* keep last */ 4545 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4546 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4547 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4548 }; 4549 4550 /** 4551 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4552 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4553 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4554 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4555 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4556 */ 4557 enum nl80211_key_type { 4558 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4559 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4560 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4561 4562 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4563 }; 4564 4565 /** 4566 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4567 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4568 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4569 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4570 */ 4571 enum nl80211_mfp { 4572 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4573 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4574 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4575 }; 4576 4577 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4578 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4579 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4580 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4581 }; 4582 4583 /** 4584 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4585 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4586 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4587 * unicast key 4588 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4589 * multicast key 4590 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4591 */ 4592 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4593 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4594 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4595 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4596 4597 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4598 }; 4599 4600 /** 4601 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4602 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4603 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4604 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4605 * keys 4606 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4607 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4608 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4609 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4610 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4611 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4612 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4613 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4614 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4615 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4616 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4617 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4618 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4619 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4620 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4621 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4622 * 4623 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4624 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4625 */ 4626 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4627 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4628 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4629 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4630 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4631 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4632 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4633 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4634 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4635 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4636 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4637 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4638 4639 /* keep last */ 4640 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4641 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4642 }; 4643 4644 /** 4645 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4646 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4647 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4648 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4649 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4650 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4651 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4652 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4653 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4654 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4655 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4656 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4657 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4658 */ 4659 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4660 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4661 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4662 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4663 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4664 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4665 4666 /* keep last */ 4667 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4668 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4669 }; 4670 4671 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4672 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4673 4674 /** 4675 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4676 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4677 */ 4678 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4679 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4680 }; 4681 4682 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4683 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4684 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4685 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4686 }; 4687 4688 /** 4689 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4690 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4691 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4692 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4693 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4694 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4695 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4696 */ 4697 enum nl80211_band { 4698 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4699 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4700 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4701 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4702 4703 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4704 }; 4705 4706 /** 4707 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4708 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4709 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4710 */ 4711 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4712 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4713 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4714 }; 4715 4716 /** 4717 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4718 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4719 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4720 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4721 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4722 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4723 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4724 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4725 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4726 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4727 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4728 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4729 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4730 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4731 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4732 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4733 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4734 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4735 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4736 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4737 * checked. 4738 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4739 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4740 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4741 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4742 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4743 * loss event 4744 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4745 * RSSI threshold event. 4746 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4747 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4748 */ 4749 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4750 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4751 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4752 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4753 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4754 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4755 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4756 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4757 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4758 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4759 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4760 4761 /* keep last */ 4762 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4763 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4764 }; 4765 4766 /** 4767 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4768 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4769 * configured threshold 4770 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4771 * configured threshold 4772 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4773 */ 4774 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4775 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4776 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4777 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4778 }; 4779 4780 4781 /** 4782 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4783 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4784 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4785 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4786 */ 4787 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4788 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4789 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4790 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4791 }; 4792 4793 /** 4794 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 4795 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 4796 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 4797 */ 4798 enum nl80211_tid_config { 4799 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 4800 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 4801 }; 4802 4803 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 4804 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 4805 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 4806 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 4807 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 4808 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 4809 * per peer instead. 4810 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if no peer 4811 * is selected, if set indicates that the new configuration overrides 4812 * all previous peer configurations, otherwise previous peer specific 4813 * configurations should be left untouched. If peer is selected then 4814 * it will reset particular TID configuration of that peer and it will 4815 * not accept other TID config attributes along with peer. 4816 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 4817 * Its type is u16. 4818 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 4819 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 4820 * Its type is u8. 4821 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 4822 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4823 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 4824 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4825 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4826 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 4827 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4828 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 4829 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4830 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4831 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable aggregation for the TIDs 4832 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. Its type is u8, using 4833 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4834 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 4835 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 4836 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4837 */ 4838 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 4839 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 4840 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 4841 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 4842 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 4843 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 4844 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 4845 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 4846 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 4847 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 4848 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 4849 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 4850 4851 /* keep last */ 4852 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4853 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4854 }; 4855 4856 /** 4857 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4858 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4859 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4860 * a zero bit are ignored 4861 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4862 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4863 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4864 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4865 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4866 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4867 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4868 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4869 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4870 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4871 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4872 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4873 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4874 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4875 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4876 */ 4877 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4878 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4879 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4880 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4881 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4882 4883 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4884 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4885 }; 4886 4887 /** 4888 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4889 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4890 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4891 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4892 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4893 * 4894 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4895 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4896 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4897 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4898 * by the kernel to userspace. 4899 */ 4900 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4901 __u32 max_patterns; 4902 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4903 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4904 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4905 } __attribute__((packed)); 4906 4907 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4908 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4909 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4910 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4911 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4912 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4913 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4914 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4915 4916 /** 4917 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4918 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4919 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4920 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4921 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4922 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4923 * any others are even supported by the device. 4924 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4925 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4926 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4927 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4928 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4929 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4930 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4931 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4932 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4933 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4934 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4935 * 4936 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4937 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4938 * 4939 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4940 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4941 * to the kernel when configuring. 4942 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4943 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4944 * by the device (flag) 4945 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4946 * done by the device) (flag) 4947 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4948 * packet (flag) 4949 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4950 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4951 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4952 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4953 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4954 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4955 * attribute contains the original length. 4956 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4957 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4958 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4959 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4960 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4961 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4962 * contains the original length. 4963 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4964 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4965 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4966 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4967 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4968 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4969 * the TCP connection. 4970 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4971 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4972 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4973 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4974 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4975 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4976 * service 4977 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4978 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4979 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4980 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4981 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4982 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4983 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4984 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4985 * supported by the driver (u32). 4986 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4987 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4988 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4989 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4990 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4991 * occurred. 4992 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4993 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4994 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4995 * these attributes must be present. If 4996 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4997 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4998 * channel. 4999 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5000 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5001 * 5002 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5003 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5004 */ 5005 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5006 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5007 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5008 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5009 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5010 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5011 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5012 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5013 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5014 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5015 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5016 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5017 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5018 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5019 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5020 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5021 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5022 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5023 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5024 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5025 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5026 5027 /* keep last */ 5028 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5029 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5030 }; 5031 5032 /** 5033 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5034 * 5035 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5036 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5037 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5038 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5039 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5040 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5041 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5042 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5043 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5044 * 5045 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5046 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5047 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5048 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5049 * also woken up. 5050 * 5051 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5052 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5053 */ 5054 5055 /** 5056 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5057 * @start: starting value 5058 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5059 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5060 * 5061 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5062 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5063 * in little endian. 5064 */ 5065 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5066 __u32 start, offset, len; 5067 }; 5068 5069 /** 5070 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5071 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5072 * @len: length of each token 5073 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5074 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5075 */ 5076 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5077 __u32 offset, len; 5078 __u8 token_stream[]; 5079 }; 5080 5081 /** 5082 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5083 * @min_len: minimum token length 5084 * @max_len: maximum token length 5085 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5086 */ 5087 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5088 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5089 }; 5090 5091 /** 5092 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5093 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5094 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5095 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5096 * (in network byte order) 5097 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5098 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5099 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5100 * might require ARP querying. 5101 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5102 * socket and port will be allocated 5103 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5104 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5105 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5106 * of the data payload. 5107 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5108 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5109 * advertising it is just a flag 5110 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5111 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5112 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5113 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5114 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5115 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5116 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5117 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5118 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5119 * but on the TCP payload only. 5120 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5121 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5122 */ 5123 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5124 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5125 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5126 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5127 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5128 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5129 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5130 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5131 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5132 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5133 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5134 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5135 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5136 5137 /* keep last */ 5138 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5139 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5140 }; 5141 5142 /** 5143 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5144 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5145 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5146 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5147 * 5148 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5149 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5150 */ 5151 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5152 __u32 max_rules; 5153 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5154 __u32 max_delay; 5155 } __attribute__((packed)); 5156 5157 /** 5158 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5159 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5160 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5161 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5162 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5163 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5164 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5165 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5166 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5167 */ 5168 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5169 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5170 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5171 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5172 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5173 5174 /* keep last */ 5175 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5176 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5177 }; 5178 5179 /** 5180 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5181 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5182 * in a rule are matched. 5183 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5184 * in a rule are not matched. 5185 */ 5186 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5187 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5188 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5189 }; 5190 5191 /** 5192 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5193 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5194 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5195 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5196 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5197 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5198 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5199 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5200 */ 5201 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5202 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5203 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5204 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5205 5206 /* keep last */ 5207 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5208 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5209 }; 5210 5211 /** 5212 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5213 * 5214 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5215 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5216 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5217 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5218 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5219 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5220 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5221 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5222 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5223 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5224 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5225 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5226 * different channels may be used within this group. 5227 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5228 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5229 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5230 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5231 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5232 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5233 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5234 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5235 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5236 * 5237 * Examples: 5238 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5239 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5240 * 5241 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5242 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5243 * 5244 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5245 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5246 * 5247 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5248 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5249 * 5250 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5251 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5252 * that any of these groups must match. 5253 * 5254 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5255 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5256 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5257 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5258 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5259 */ 5260 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5261 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5262 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5263 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5264 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5265 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5266 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5267 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5268 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5269 5270 /* keep last */ 5271 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5272 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5273 }; 5274 5275 5276 /** 5277 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5278 * 5279 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5280 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5281 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5282 * this mesh peer 5283 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5284 * from this mesh peer 5285 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5286 * received from this mesh peer 5287 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5288 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5289 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5290 * plink are discarded 5291 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5292 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5293 */ 5294 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5295 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5296 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5297 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5298 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5299 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5300 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5301 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5302 5303 /* keep last */ 5304 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5305 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5306 }; 5307 5308 /** 5309 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5310 * 5311 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5312 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5313 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5314 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5315 */ 5316 enum plink_actions { 5317 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5318 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5319 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5320 5321 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5322 }; 5323 5324 5325 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5326 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5327 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5328 5329 /** 5330 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5331 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5332 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5333 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5334 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5335 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5336 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5337 */ 5338 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5339 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5340 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5341 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5342 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5343 5344 /* keep last */ 5345 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5346 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5347 }; 5348 5349 /** 5350 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5351 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5352 * Beacon frames) 5353 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5354 * in Beacon frames 5355 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5356 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5357 */ 5358 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5359 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5360 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5361 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5362 }; 5363 5364 /** 5365 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5366 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5367 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5368 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5369 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5370 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5371 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5372 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5373 */ 5374 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5375 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5376 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5377 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5378 5379 /* keep last */ 5380 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5381 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5382 }; 5383 5384 /** 5385 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5386 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5387 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5388 * priority) 5389 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5390 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5391 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5392 * (internal) 5393 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5394 * (internal) 5395 */ 5396 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5397 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5398 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5399 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5400 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5401 5402 /* keep last */ 5403 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5404 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5405 }; 5406 5407 /** 5408 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5409 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5410 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5411 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5412 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5413 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5414 */ 5415 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5416 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5417 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5418 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5419 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5420 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5421 }; 5422 5423 /* 5424 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5425 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5426 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5427 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5428 }; 5429 */ 5430 5431 /** 5432 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5433 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5434 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5435 * socket option. 5436 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5437 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5438 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5439 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5440 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5441 * cellular base stations. 5442 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5443 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5444 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5445 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5446 * mode 5447 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5448 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5449 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5450 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5451 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5452 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5453 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5454 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5455 * setting 5456 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5457 * powersave 5458 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5459 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5460 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5461 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5462 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5463 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5464 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5465 * states using station flags. 5466 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5467 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5468 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5469 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5470 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5471 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5472 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5473 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5474 * still generated by the driver. 5475 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5476 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5477 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5478 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5479 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5480 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5481 * lifetime of a BSS. 5482 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5483 * Set IE to probe requests. 5484 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5485 * to probe requests. 5486 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5487 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5488 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5489 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5490 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5491 * Measurement Report action frame. 5492 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5493 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5494 * to enable dynack. 5495 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5496 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5497 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5498 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5499 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5500 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5501 * rts/cts handshake. 5502 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5503 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5504 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5505 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5506 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5507 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5508 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5509 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5510 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5511 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5512 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5513 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5514 * address mask/value will be used. 5515 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5516 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5517 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5518 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5519 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5520 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5521 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5522 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5523 */ 5524 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5525 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5526 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5527 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5528 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5529 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5530 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5531 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5532 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5533 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5534 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5535 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5536 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5537 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5538 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5539 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5540 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5541 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5542 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5543 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5544 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5545 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5546 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5547 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5548 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5549 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5550 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5551 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5552 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5553 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5554 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5555 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5556 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5557 }; 5558 5559 /** 5560 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5561 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5562 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5563 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5564 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5565 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5566 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5567 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5568 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5569 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5570 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5571 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5572 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5573 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5574 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5575 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5576 * (if available). 5577 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5578 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5579 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5580 * (if available). 5581 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5582 * channel dwell time. 5583 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5584 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5585 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5586 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5587 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5588 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5589 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5590 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5591 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5592 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5593 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5594 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5595 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5596 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5597 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5598 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5599 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5600 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5601 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5602 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5603 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5604 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5605 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5606 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5607 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5608 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5609 * be supported. 5610 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5611 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5612 * actual dwell time. 5613 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5614 * response 5615 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5616 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5617 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5618 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5619 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5620 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5621 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5622 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5623 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5624 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5625 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5626 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5627 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5628 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5629 * "radar detected" event. 5630 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5631 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5632 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5633 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5634 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5635 * TXQs. 5636 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5637 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5638 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5639 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5640 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5641 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5642 * timing measurement responder role. 5643 * 5644 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5645 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5646 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5647 * freeze the connection. 5648 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5649 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5650 * 5651 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5652 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5653 * scheduling. 5654 * 5655 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5656 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5657 * 5658 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5659 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5660 * 5661 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5662 * to a station. 5663 * 5664 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5665 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5666 * 5667 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5668 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5669 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5670 * 5671 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5672 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5673 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5674 * 5675 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5676 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5677 * 5678 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5679 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5680 * handled as ordinary data frames. 5681 * 5682 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 5683 * 5684 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 5685 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 5686 * 5687 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5688 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5689 */ 5690 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5691 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5692 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5693 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5694 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5695 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5696 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5697 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5698 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5699 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5700 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5701 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5702 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5703 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5704 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5705 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5706 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5707 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5708 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5709 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5710 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5711 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5712 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5713 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5714 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5715 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5716 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5717 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5718 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5719 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5720 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5721 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5722 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5723 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5724 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5725 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5726 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5727 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5728 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5729 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5730 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5731 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5732 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5733 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5734 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 5735 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 5736 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 5737 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 5738 5739 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5740 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5741 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5742 }; 5743 5744 /** 5745 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5746 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5747 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5748 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5749 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5750 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5751 * to the host. 5752 * 5753 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5754 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5755 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5756 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5757 */ 5758 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5759 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5760 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5761 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5762 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5763 }; 5764 5765 /** 5766 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5767 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5768 * handled by the AP is reached. 5769 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5770 */ 5771 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5772 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5773 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5774 }; 5775 5776 /** 5777 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5778 * 5779 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5780 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5781 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5782 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5783 */ 5784 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5785 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5786 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5787 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5788 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5789 }; 5790 5791 /** 5792 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5793 * 5794 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5795 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5796 * requests. 5797 * 5798 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5799 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5800 * one of them can be used in the request. 5801 * 5802 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5803 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5804 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5805 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5806 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5807 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5808 * when really needed 5809 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5810 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5811 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5812 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5813 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5814 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5815 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5816 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5817 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5818 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5819 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5820 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5821 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5822 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5823 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5824 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5825 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5826 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5827 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5828 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5829 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5830 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5831 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5832 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5833 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5834 * impacted with this flag. 5835 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5836 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5837 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5838 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5839 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5840 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5841 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5842 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5843 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5844 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5845 * possible. 5846 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5847 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5848 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5849 */ 5850 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5851 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5852 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5853 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5854 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5855 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5856 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5857 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5858 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5859 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5860 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5861 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5862 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5863 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5864 }; 5865 5866 /** 5867 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5868 * 5869 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5870 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5871 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5872 * 5873 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5874 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5875 * in ACL to authenticate. 5876 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5877 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5878 */ 5879 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5880 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5881 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5882 }; 5883 5884 /** 5885 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5886 * 5887 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5888 * 5889 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5890 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5891 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5892 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5893 */ 5894 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5895 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5896 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5897 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5898 5899 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5900 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5901 }; 5902 5903 /** 5904 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5905 * 5906 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5907 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5908 * 5909 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5910 * now unusable. 5911 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5912 * the channel is now available. 5913 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5914 * change to the channel status. 5915 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5916 * over, channel becomes usable. 5917 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5918 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5919 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5920 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5921 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5922 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5923 */ 5924 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5925 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5926 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5927 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5928 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5929 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5930 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5931 }; 5932 5933 /** 5934 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5935 * 5936 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5937 * 5938 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5939 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5940 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5941 * is therefore marked as not available. 5942 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5943 */ 5944 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5945 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5946 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5947 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5948 }; 5949 5950 /** 5951 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5952 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5953 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5954 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5955 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5956 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5957 */ 5958 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5959 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5960 }; 5961 5962 /** 5963 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5964 * 5965 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5966 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5967 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5968 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5969 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5970 */ 5971 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5972 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5973 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5974 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5975 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5976 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5977 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5978 }; 5979 5980 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5981 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5982 5983 /** 5984 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5985 * 5986 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5987 * 5988 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5989 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 5990 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 5991 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 5992 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 5993 */ 5994 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5995 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5996 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 5997 }; 5998 5999 /* 6000 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6001 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6002 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6003 */ 6004 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6005 6006 /** 6007 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6008 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6009 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6010 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6011 * added to this file when needed. 6012 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6013 */ 6014 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6015 __u32 vendor_id; 6016 __u32 subcmd; 6017 }; 6018 6019 /** 6020 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6021 * 6022 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6023 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6024 * 6025 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6026 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6027 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6028 */ 6029 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6030 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6031 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6032 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6033 }; 6034 6035 /** 6036 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6037 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6038 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6039 * seconds (u32). 6040 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6041 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6042 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6043 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6044 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6045 * currently defined 6046 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6047 */ 6048 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6049 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6050 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6051 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6052 6053 /* keep last */ 6054 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6055 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6056 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6057 }; 6058 6059 /** 6060 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6061 * 6062 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6063 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6064 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6065 */ 6066 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6067 __u8 band; 6068 __s8 delta; 6069 } __attribute__((packed)); 6070 6071 /** 6072 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6073 * 6074 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6075 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6076 * is requested. 6077 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6078 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6079 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6080 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6081 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6082 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6083 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6084 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6085 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6086 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6087 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6088 * 6089 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6090 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6091 * which the driver shall use. 6092 */ 6093 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6094 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6095 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6096 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6097 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6098 6099 /* keep last */ 6100 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6101 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6102 }; 6103 6104 /** 6105 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6106 * 6107 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6108 * 6109 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6110 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6111 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6112 */ 6113 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6114 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6115 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6116 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6117 6118 /* keep last */ 6119 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6120 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6121 }; 6122 6123 /** 6124 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6125 * 6126 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6127 * 6128 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6129 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6130 */ 6131 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6132 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6133 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6134 }; 6135 6136 /** 6137 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6138 * 6139 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6140 * 6141 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6142 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6143 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6144 */ 6145 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6146 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6147 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6148 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6149 }; 6150 6151 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6152 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6153 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6154 6155 /** 6156 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6157 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6158 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6159 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6160 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6161 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6162 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6163 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6164 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6165 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6166 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6167 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6168 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6169 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6170 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6171 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6172 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6173 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6174 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6175 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6176 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6177 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6178 * This is a flag. 6179 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6180 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6181 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6182 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6183 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6184 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6185 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6186 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6187 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6188 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6189 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6190 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6191 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6192 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6193 * 6194 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6195 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6196 */ 6197 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6198 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6199 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6200 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6201 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6202 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6203 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6204 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6205 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6206 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6207 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6208 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6209 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6210 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6211 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6212 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6213 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6214 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6215 6216 /* keep last */ 6217 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6218 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6219 }; 6220 6221 /** 6222 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6223 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6224 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6225 * This is a flag. 6226 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6227 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6228 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6229 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6230 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6231 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6232 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6233 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6234 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6235 */ 6236 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6237 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6238 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6239 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6240 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6241 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6242 6243 /* keep last */ 6244 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6245 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6246 }; 6247 6248 /** 6249 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6250 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6251 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6252 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6253 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6254 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6255 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6256 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6257 * 6258 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6259 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6260 */ 6261 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6262 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6263 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6264 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6265 6266 /* keep last */ 6267 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6268 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6269 }; 6270 6271 /** 6272 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6273 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6274 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6275 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6276 */ 6277 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6278 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6279 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6280 }; 6281 6282 /** 6283 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6284 * responder attributes 6285 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6286 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6287 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6288 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6289 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6290 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6291 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6292 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6293 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6294 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6295 */ 6296 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6297 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6298 6299 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6300 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6301 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6302 6303 /* keep last */ 6304 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6305 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6306 }; 6307 6308 /* 6309 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6310 * 6311 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6312 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6313 * 6314 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6315 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6316 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6317 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6318 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6319 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6320 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6321 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6322 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6323 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6324 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6325 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6326 * phase with the responder (u32) 6327 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6328 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6329 * FTM slot (u32) 6330 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6331 * scheduled window (u32) 6332 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6333 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6334 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6335 */ 6336 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6337 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6338 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6339 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6340 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6341 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6342 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6343 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6344 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6345 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6346 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6347 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6348 6349 /* keep last */ 6350 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6351 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6352 }; 6353 6354 /** 6355 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6356 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6357 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6358 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6359 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6360 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6361 */ 6362 enum nl80211_preamble { 6363 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6364 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6365 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6366 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6367 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6368 }; 6369 6370 /** 6371 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6372 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6373 * these numbers also for attributes 6374 * 6375 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6376 * 6377 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6378 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6379 */ 6380 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6381 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6382 6383 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6384 6385 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6386 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6387 }; 6388 6389 /** 6390 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6391 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6392 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6393 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6394 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6395 * reason may be available in the response data 6396 */ 6397 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6398 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6399 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6400 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6401 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6402 }; 6403 6404 /** 6405 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6406 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6407 * 6408 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6409 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6410 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6411 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6412 * (flag attribute) 6413 * 6414 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6415 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6416 */ 6417 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6418 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6419 6420 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6421 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6422 6423 /* keep last */ 6424 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6425 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6426 }; 6427 6428 /** 6429 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6430 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6431 * 6432 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6433 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6434 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6435 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6436 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6437 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6438 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6439 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6440 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6441 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6442 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6443 * (u64, usec) 6444 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6445 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6446 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6447 * result. 6448 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6449 * 6450 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6452 */ 6453 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6454 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6455 6456 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6457 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6458 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6459 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6460 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6461 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6462 6463 /* keep last */ 6464 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6465 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6466 }; 6467 6468 /** 6469 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6470 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6471 * 6472 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6473 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6474 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6475 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6476 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6477 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6478 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6479 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6480 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6481 * 6482 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6483 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6484 */ 6485 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6486 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6487 6488 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6489 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6490 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6491 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6492 6493 /* keep last */ 6494 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6495 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6496 }; 6497 6498 /** 6499 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6500 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6501 * 6502 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6503 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6504 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6505 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6506 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6507 * measurement results 6508 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6509 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6510 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6511 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6512 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6513 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6514 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6515 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6516 * sub-attributes taken from 6517 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6518 * 6519 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6520 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6521 */ 6522 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6523 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6524 6525 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6526 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6527 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6528 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6529 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6530 6531 /* keep last */ 6532 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6533 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6534 }; 6535 6536 /** 6537 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6538 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6539 * 6540 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6541 * is supported 6542 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6543 * mode is supported 6544 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6545 * data can be requested during the measurement 6546 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6547 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6548 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6549 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6550 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6551 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6552 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6553 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6554 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6555 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6556 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6557 * is valid) 6558 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6559 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6560 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6561 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6562 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6563 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6564 * 6565 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6566 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6567 */ 6568 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6569 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6570 6571 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6572 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6573 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6576 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6577 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6579 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6580 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6581 6582 /* keep last */ 6583 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6584 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6585 }; 6586 6587 /** 6588 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6589 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6590 * 6591 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6592 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6593 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6594 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6595 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6596 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6597 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6598 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6599 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6600 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6601 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6602 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6603 * requested per burst 6604 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6605 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6606 * (u8, default 3) 6607 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6608 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6609 * (flag) 6610 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 6611 * measurement (flag). 6612 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 6613 * mutually exclusive. 6614 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6615 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6616 * ranging will be used. 6617 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 6618 * ranging measurement (flag) 6619 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 6620 * mutually exclusive. 6621 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6622 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6623 * ranging will be used. 6624 * 6625 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6626 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6627 */ 6628 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6629 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6630 6631 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6632 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6633 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6634 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6635 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6636 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6637 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6638 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6639 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6640 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6641 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6642 6643 /* keep last */ 6644 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6645 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6646 }; 6647 6648 /** 6649 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6650 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6651 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6652 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6653 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6654 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6655 * try and get no response) 6656 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6657 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6658 * received 6659 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6660 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6661 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6662 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6663 */ 6664 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6665 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6666 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6667 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6668 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6669 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6670 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6671 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6672 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6673 }; 6674 6675 /** 6676 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6677 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6678 * 6679 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6680 * (u32, optional) 6681 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6682 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6683 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6684 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6685 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6686 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6687 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6688 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6689 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6690 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6691 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6692 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6693 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6694 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6695 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6696 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6697 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6698 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6699 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6700 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6701 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6702 * attributes) 6703 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6704 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6705 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6706 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6707 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6708 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6709 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6710 * optional) 6711 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6712 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6713 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6714 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6715 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6716 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6717 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6718 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6719 * Type 8. 6720 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6721 * (binary, optional); 6722 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6723 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6724 * Type 11. 6725 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6726 * 6727 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6728 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6729 */ 6730 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6731 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6732 6733 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6734 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6735 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6736 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6737 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6738 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6739 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6740 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6741 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6742 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6743 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6744 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6745 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6746 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6747 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6748 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6749 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6750 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6751 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6752 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6753 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6754 6755 /* keep last */ 6756 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6757 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6758 }; 6759 6760 /** 6761 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6762 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6763 * 6764 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6765 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6766 * 6767 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6768 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 6769 */ 6770 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 6771 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 6772 6773 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 6774 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 6775 6776 /* keep last */ 6777 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 6778 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6779 }; 6780 6781 /** 6782 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 6783 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6784 * 6785 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 6786 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 6787 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 6788 * 6789 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6790 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 6791 */ 6792 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 6793 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 6794 6795 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 6796 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 6797 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 6798 6799 /* keep last */ 6800 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 6801 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6802 }; 6803 6804 /** 6805 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 6806 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6807 * 6808 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 6809 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 6810 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 6811 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 6812 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 6813 * 6814 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6815 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 6816 */ 6817 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 6818 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 6819 6820 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 6821 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 6822 6823 /* keep last */ 6824 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 6825 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6826 }; 6827 6828 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 6829